IPitomy Wiki - User contributions [en]

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2024-04-25T17:11:46Z

Drew Harrell:

<div>
= Software Updates =
<small>Upgrading from 5.x, or 6.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit. </small>

<small>We can determine this by running a command on PBX through SSH.</small>

<small>First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below.</small>

<small>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle</small><small></small>

<small>Have the PBX plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to ipitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software. </small>

<small>Boot f</small><nowiki/><small>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.</small>

<small>It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.</small>

== PBXPlus Software Update 7.0.1 ==

Latest Update: 7.0.1-43 (4/23/24)

Release Notes
*Support for UEFI MBs - allows us to use modern MBs
*Support for M2 drives in Small Office
*Continued support for Legacy MBs - allows systems in the field to be upgraded to 7 without going into the BIOS to enable UEFI booting.
*Support SIP over TCP. Disabled by default (Yealink phones and SIP trunks only)
*Support for T34 and T44 phones
*Renamed Yealink CP860 to Yealink CP
*Core OS Update brings modern security enhancements
*Ability to set up SSL Certificate for PBX so it no longer requires self-signed cert
*Caller-ID Updates correctly on parked calls

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-9 03/25/2022

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.
*5.3.1-9 (03/25/2022)
**Fix for vulnerability that could be exploited to gain control over the system.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2024-04-25T17:11:27Z

Drew Harrell: /* Software Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates =
<small>Upgrading from 5.x, or 6.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit. </small>

<small>We can determine this by running a command on PBX through SSH.</small>

<small>First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below.</small>

<small>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle</small><small></small>

<small>Have the PBX plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software. </small>

<small>Boot f</small><nowiki/><small>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.</small>

<small>It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.</small>

== PBXPlus Software Update 7.0.1 ==

Latest Update: 7.0.1-43 (4/23/24)

Release Notes
*Support for UEFI MBs - allows us to use modern MBs
*Support for M2 drives in Small Office
*Continued support for Legacy MBs - allows systems in the field to be upgraded to 7 without going into the BIOS to enable UEFI booting.
*Support SIP over TCP. Disabled by default (Yealink phones and SIP trunks only)
*Support for T34 and T44 phones
*Renamed Yealink CP860 to Yealink CP
*Core OS Update brings modern security enhancements
*Ability to set up SSL Certificate for PBX so it no longer requires self-signed cert
*Caller-ID Updates correctly on parked calls

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-9 03/25/2022

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.
*5.3.1-9 (03/25/2022)
**Fix for vulnerability that could be exploited to gain control over the system.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2024-04-25T17:08:51Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 7.0.1 */

<div>
= Software Updates =
<small>Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit. </small>

<small>We can determine this by running a command on PBX through SSH.</small>

<small>First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below.</small>

<small>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle</small><small></small>

<small>Have the PBX plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software. </small>

<small>Boot f</small><nowiki/><small>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.</small>

<small>It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.</small>

== PBXPlus Software Update 7.0.1 ==

Latest Update: 7.0.1-43 (4/23/24)

Release Notes
*Support for UEFI MBs - allows us to use modern MBs
*Support for M2 drives in Small Office
*Continued support for Legacy MBs - allows systems in the field to be upgraded to 7 without going into the BIOS to enable UEFI booting.
*Support SIP over TCP. Disabled by default (Yealink phones and SIP trunks only)
*Support for T34 and T44 phones
*Renamed Yealink CP860 to Yealink CP
*Core OS Update brings modern security enhancements
*Ability to set up SSL Certificate for PBX so it no longer requires self-signed cert
*Caller-ID Updates correctly on parked calls

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-9 03/25/2022

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.
*5.3.1-9 (03/25/2022)
**Fix for vulnerability that could be exploited to gain control over the system.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2024-04-25T17:07:52Z

Drew Harrell:

<div>
= Software Updates =
<small>Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit. </small>

<small>We can determine this by running a command on PBX through SSH.</small>

<small>First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below.</small>

<small>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle</small><small></small>

<small>Have the PBX plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software. </small>

<small>Boot f</small><nowiki/><small>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.</small>

<small>It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.</small>

== PBXPlus Software Update 7.0.1 ==

Latest Update: 7.0.1-43 (4/23/24)

Release Notes
*Support for UEFI MBs - allows us to use modern MBs
*Support for M2 drives in Small Office
*Continued support for Legacy MBs - allows systems in the field to be upgraded to 7 without going into the BIOS to enable UEFI booting.
*Support SIP over TCP. Disabled by default (Yealink phones and SIP trunks only)
*Support for T34 and T44 phones
*Renamed Yealink CP860 to Yealink CP
*Core OS Update brings modern security enhancements
*Ability to set up SSL Certificate for PBX so it no longer requires self-signed cert

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-9 03/25/2022

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.
*5.3.1-9 (03/25/2022)
**Fix for vulnerability that could be exploited to gain control over the system.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2024-04-25T17:07:18Z

Drew Harrell: added 7.0.1

<div>
= Software Updates =
<small>Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit. </small>

<small>We can determine this by running a command on PBX through SSH.</small>

<small>First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below.</small>

<small>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle</small><small></small>

<small>Have the PBX plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software. </small>

<small>Boot f</small><nowiki/><small>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.</small>

<small>It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.</small>

PBXPlus Software Update 7.0.1

Latest Update: 7.0.1-43 (4/23/24)

Release Notes
*Support for UEFI MBs - allows us to use modern MBs
*Support for M2 drives in Small Office
*Continued support for Legacy MBs - allows systems in the field to be upgraded to 7 without going into the BIOS to enable UEFI booting.
*Support SIP over TCP. Disabled by default (Yealink phones and SIP trunks only)
*Support for T34 and T44 phones
*Renamed Yealink CP860 to Yealink CP
*Core OS Update brings modern security enhancements
*Ability to set up SSL Certificate for PBX so it no longer requires self-signed cert

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-9 03/25/2022

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.
*5.3.1-9 (03/25/2022)
**Fix for vulnerability that could be exploited to gain control over the system.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy Communicator

2022-04-06T15:14:36Z

Drew Harrell:

Note: This Guide will assist the user in Installing and Using the IPitomy Communicator Softphone.

We have two different soft phone installs. The “demo” version does not include the user list which shows all of the presence of all of the users on the system. This is intended for trial versions or for users who are on a shared instance of IPitomy in the Cloud. For obvious reasons, on a shared instance, it would not be good to display the presence of all the other users!

The full commercial version is called IPitomy Communicator.

This requires an available IPitomy Extension License as well as an IPitomy Soft Phone License. This does not have auto configuration, but is super simple to set up. When installing it, select IP620 as the device type for the extension so it will use an IPitomy license instead of an open license.

This also requires the generation of a single API Key. If your PBX already has one generated for the IPitomy Communicator, you don't need to do anything else. If not, simply navigate to Applications=>API Key, name it Softphone [one word, capital S], and click Create.  Be sure to enable it by checking the box labeled "Key Enable", then save and apply changes.

Links for SoftPhone:

Demo version: [http://relay.ipitomy.com/softcall_demo/publish.htm http://relay.ipitomy.com/softcall_demo/publish.htm]

Full version – IPitomy Communicator: [http://relay.ipitomy.com/cloud_communicator/publish.htm <nowiki>[Here]</nowiki>]

== '''Ipitomy Softphone'''<br/> ==

'''Installation'''

<br/>'''Installation Video'''

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p5gwURMp4eo <b>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p5gwURMp4eo</b>]

<br/>'''Park Button Video'''

<br/>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dPCVXiR6kf8 <b>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dPCVXiR6kf8</b>]

To Install the Softphone, Follow the URL above and click the Installer link. Installation will begin at that time. You should have adminstrative rights to the PC you are installing to prior to installation. Accept the default location for install unless you have some other directory you wish to install to.

'''Setup'''

Once isntalled open the program by clicking the program Icon. This should now be located on your Desktop as well as in the Program directory. The Program will open bringing up the user interface screen.

[[File:SoftPhone3.jpg|File:SoftPhone3.jpg]][[File:SoftPhone4.jpg|File:SoftPhone4.jpg]]

To Add an account Press the Settings Icon which is the little Gear Icon next to the Ipitomy Logo Bar. Select Sip Accounts and Add an Account

[[File:SoftPhone5.jpg|File:SoftPhone5.jpg]]

Select the Add Button and Enter the Following:

Display Name = Name of user

User Name = Extension Number

User Password = Voicemail Password

SIP Password = SIP Password for Extension

SIP Server = IP of PBX (Local IP is OK for a Local Extension only, however for a remote phone this would need to the Public IP of the Network the PBX resides upon)

Integration Port = Leave blank and the software uses 80 to verify its license with the PBX.  If the softphone is remote and an external port other than 80 is forwarded to the PBX, enter that as the Integration Port (eg, 8080 external forwarded to 80 internal)

All other information can be left at Default.

[[File:Communicator-SIP Acc.jpg|File:Communicator-SIP Acc.jpg]]

Be Sure to Click Enabled when you are returned to the account screen on the account you just created so it is made the live account

[[File:SoftPhone8.jpg|File:SoftPhone8.jpg]]

Click close and you should be returned to the User interface and your account should register to the PBX.

[[File:SoftPhone9.jpg|File:SoftPhone9.jpg]][[File:SoftPhone10.jpg|File:SoftPhone10.jpg]]

Your Softphone is now ready to be used.

'''Import Extensions from the PBX to Contacts.'''

To Import all Extension in the PBX into the Contact list select User List - Manage Users - Ipitomy and then Refresh

[[File:SoftPhone11.jpg|File:SoftPhone11.jpg]]

Select the PBX from the Host list

[[File:SoftPhone14.jpg|File:SoftPhone14.jpg]]

Click OK. The Softphone will now pull down an Extension list from the PBX which you configured.

[[File:SoftPhone13.jpg|File:SoftPhone13.jpg]]

IPitomy Communicator

2022-04-06T15:14:12Z

Drew Harrell:

Note: This Guide will assist the user in Installing and Using the IPitomy Communicator Softphone.

We have two different soft phone installs. The “demo” version does not include the user list which shows all of the presence of all of the users on the system. This is intended for trial versions or for users who are on a shared instance of IPitomy in the Cloud. For obvious reasons, on a shared instance, it would not be good to display the presence of all the other users!

The full commercial version is called IPitomy Communicator.

This requires an available IPitomy Extension License as well as an IPitomy Soft Phone License. This does not have auto configuration, but is super simple to set up. When installing it, select IP620 as the device type for the extension so it will use an IPitomy license instead of an open license.

This also requires the generation of a single API Key. If your PBX already has one generated for the IPitomy Communicator, you don't need to do anything else. If not, simply navigate to Applications=>API Key, name it Softphone [one word, capital S], and click Create.  Be sure to enable it by checking the box labeled "Key Enable", then save and apply changes.

Links for SoftPhone:

Demo version: [http://relay.ipitomy.com/softcall_demo/publish.htm http://relay.ipitomy.com/softcall_demo/publish.htm]

Full version – IPitomy Communicator: [http://relay.ipitomy.com/cloud_communicator/publish.htm <s><nowiki>[Here]</nowiki></s>]

== '''Ipitomy Softphone'''<br/> ==

'''Installation'''

<br/>'''Installation Video'''

[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p5gwURMp4eo <b>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p5gwURMp4eo</b>]

<br/>'''Park Button Video'''

<br/>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dPCVXiR6kf8 <b>https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dPCVXiR6kf8</b>]

To Install the Softphone, Follow the URL above and click the Installer link. Installation will begin at that time. You should have adminstrative rights to the PC you are installing to prior to installation. Accept the default location for install unless you have some other directory you wish to install to.

'''Setup'''

Once isntalled open the program by clicking the program Icon. This should now be located on your Desktop as well as in the Program directory. The Program will open bringing up the user interface screen.

[[File:SoftPhone3.jpg|File:SoftPhone3.jpg]][[File:SoftPhone4.jpg|File:SoftPhone4.jpg]]

To Add an account Press the Settings Icon which is the little Gear Icon next to the Ipitomy Logo Bar. Select Sip Accounts and Add an Account

[[File:SoftPhone5.jpg|File:SoftPhone5.jpg]]

Select the Add Button and Enter the Following:

Display Name = Name of user

User Name = Extension Number

User Password = Voicemail Password

SIP Password = SIP Password for Extension

SIP Server = IP of PBX (Local IP is OK for a Local Extension only, however for a remote phone this would need to the Public IP of the Network the PBX resides upon)

Integration Port = Leave blank and the software uses 80 to verify its license with the PBX.  If the softphone is remote and an external port other than 80 is forwarded to the PBX, enter that as the Integration Port (eg, 8080 external forwarded to 80 internal)

All other information can be left at Default.

[[File:Communicator-SIP Acc.jpg|File:Communicator-SIP Acc.jpg]]

Be Sure to Click Enabled when you are returned to the account screen on the account you just created so it is made the live account

[[File:SoftPhone8.jpg|File:SoftPhone8.jpg]]

Click close and you should be returned to the User interface and your account should register to the PBX.

[[File:SoftPhone9.jpg|File:SoftPhone9.jpg]][[File:SoftPhone10.jpg|File:SoftPhone10.jpg]]

Your Softphone is now ready to be used.

'''Import Extensions from the PBX to Contacts.'''

To Import all Extension in the PBX into the Contact list select User List - Manage Users - Ipitomy and then Refresh

[[File:SoftPhone11.jpg|File:SoftPhone11.jpg]]

Select the PBX from the Host list

[[File:SoftPhone14.jpg|File:SoftPhone14.jpg]]

Click OK. The Softphone will now pull down an Extension list from the PBX which you configured.

[[File:SoftPhone13.jpg|File:SoftPhone13.jpg]]

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2022-03-25T20:47:17Z

Drew Harrell: Protected "IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes" ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move=Allow only administrators] (indefinite))

<div>
= Software Updates =
<small>Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit. </small>

<small>We can determine this by running a command on PBX through SSH.</small>

<small>First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below.</small>

<small>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle</small><small></small>

<small>Have the PBX plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software. </small>

<small>Boot f</small><nowiki/><small>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.</small>

<small>It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.</small>

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-9 03/25/2022

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.
*5.3.1-9 (03/25/2022)
**Fix for vulnerability that could be exploited to gain control over the system.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2022-03-25T20:46:28Z

Drew Harrell: /* Software Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates =
<small>Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit. </small>

<small>We can determine this by running a command on PBX through SSH.</small>

<small>First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below.</small>

<small>http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle</small><small></small>

<small>Have the PBX plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software. </small>

<small>Boot f</small><nowiki/><small>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.</small>

<small>It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.</small>

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-9 03/25/2022

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.
*5.3.1-9 (03/25/2022)
**Fix for vulnerability that could be exploited to gain control over the system.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2022-03-25T20:45:27Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1 */

<div>
= Software Updates =
<small>Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit. </small>

<small>We can determine this by running a command on PBX through SSH.</small>

<small>First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below.</small>

<small>[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Do]</small><nowiki/><small>[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle ngle]</small>

<small>Have the pbx plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software. </small>

<small>Boot f</small><nowiki/><small>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.</small>

<small>It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.</small>

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-9 03/25/2022

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.
*5.3.1-9 (03/25/2022)
**Fix for vulnerability that could be exploited to gain control over the system.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2022-02-28T19:36:29Z

Drew Harrell:

<div>
= Software Updates =
<small>Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit. </small>

<small>We can determine this by running a command on PBX through SSH.</small>

<small>First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below.</small>

<small>[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Do]</small><nowiki/><small>[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle ngle]</small>

<small>Have the pbx plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software. </small>

<small>Boot f</small><nowiki/><small>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.</small>

<small>It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.</small>

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2022-02-28T19:34:00Z

Drew Harrell: Reverted edits by Drew Harrell (talk) to last revision by Mike Lunn

<div>
= Software Updates =

* Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the pbx be 64 bit.
* We can determine this by running a command in Asterisk through port 22.
* First make a database backup of the pbx. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the pbx. Instruction link below.
* [http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Do]<nowiki/>[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle ngle]
* Have the pbx plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to pull back the 6.1 software.
* Boot f<nowiki/>rom the USB dongle. Select Version 6.
* It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2022-02-28T18:43:29Z

Drew Harrell: /* Software Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates =
Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the PBX be 64-bit.

We can determine this by running a command in the system through SSH.

First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle<nowiki/>

Have the PBX plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software.

Boot from the USB dongle. Select Version 6.

It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-10 (02-23-22)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2022-02-28T18:42:20Z

Drew Harrell:

<div>
= Software Updates =

* Upgrading from 5.x is a full install, and requires that the CPU of the pbx be 64 bit.
* We can determine this by running a command in the system through SSH.
* First make a database backup of the PBX. Then create a USB install dongle with the boot software for the PBX. Instruction link below. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/USB_Install_Dongle<nowiki/>
* Have the PBX plugged into the network. It needs to go out and connect to itpitomy.biz to download the 6.1 software.
* Boot from the USB dongle. Select Version 6.
* It takes 20 - 30 minutes to download depending on speed of network and processor.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-10 (02-23-22)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2022-02-23T16:12:06Z

Drew Harrell: /* Minor Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) This update fixes a critical security issue that could allow an attacker to gain privileged access to a PBX System. As of this time all cloud systems are already patched for this vulnerability. But premise based systems will need to update. We recommend installing this update ASAP. This update also fixes issues with some email configurations that were not authenticated.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2022-02-23T15:01:00Z

Drew Harrell:

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.1.0 ==

Latest Update: 6.1.0-9 (11-12-21)

Release Notes
*Update email to support changes to TLS requirements - Microsoft Exchange and TLS1.2 supported now
*System serial number is included in corrupt database email
*Support for Yealink T31
*Recordings will now be purged based on age if FTP is not enabled
*Database backups are now stored regardless of settings to allow for recovery. If a corrupt database is found a backup from within the past hour will be restored automatically.
*Allow + in routing digits to support providers needing E.164 standard.
*Support for SFTP with recordings backups
*Support for Yealink T58
*Support new Yealink MAC Addresses

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Various additional fixes and performance improvements.

=== Known Issues ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates ===

*6.1.0-9 (11/12/21)
*6.1.0-10 (02/23/22) Fix for critical security vulnerability.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

Main Page

2021-11-19T15:15:12Z

Drew Harrell: /* Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki */

__NOTITLE__

If you want a larger list of results click the Search button after typing your terms in the search field. Note pressing Enter in search field automatically presses the Go Button which performs a narrower search (like google's I feel lucky button).

= <span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki</span> =

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">If you would like to have a topic added to this wiki, please [[http://ticket.ipitomy.com/ open a ticket in our ticket system]]</span>

[[Contacting Support]]

<br/>Products

*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[IP PBX IMM|IPitomy PBXPlus Administration Guide]]</span>
**[[PBXPlus Manual: Music File Format|Prompts and Music on Hold File Formats]]
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[IP PBX Manual System Admin PBXSetup Feature Codes|Feature Codes]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[IP PBX Manual Branch Offices|Branch Office]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[:Category:Troubleshooting|Troubleshooting]]</span></span>
**[[IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes|<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Release Notes</span></span>]]
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[HD Phones]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[HD Phones#Phone Configuration|Phone Configuration]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[HD Phones#Upload Custom Ring Tones|Upload Custom Ring Tones]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[HD Phones#Static IP vs DHCP|Static IP vs DHCP]]</span>
**[[HD Phone Firmware Release Notes|<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Release Notes</span>]]
*[[Yealink|<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Yealink Phones</span>]]
*[[Q Manager]]
*[[IPitomy Contact Dialer|IPitomy Contact Dialer]]
*[[IPitomy Monitored Router|IPitomy Monitored Router]]

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Useful Links and Information:</span>

*[[Tech Update Security]]
*[[SIP Provider]]
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[IPitomy PBX Tips|IPitomy PBX Tips]]</span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Multitech Fax Finder]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Outlook Dialer]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[QOS Setup Guide]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Router Info]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Router Bypass|Router Bypass]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Cisco SPA112 FXS Gateway]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Overhead Paging]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Chat Client for Android Phones]]</span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[:Category:PBX Manual|List of Manual Pages]]</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Other useful links (external) :</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[http://www.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Communications Website]</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[http://www.ipitomy.com/pbx_files/ Support Site]</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/ Documentation Index]</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[http://www.youtube.com/user/IPitomyVideos/ IPitomy Videos]</span></span></span>

Main Page

2021-11-18T21:41:48Z

Drew Harrell:

__NOTITLE__

If you want a larger list of results click the Search button after typing your terms in the search field. Note pressing Enter in search field automatically presses the Go Button which performs a narrower search (like google's I feel lucky button).

= <span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Welcome to the IPitomy Wiki</span> =

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">If you would like to have a topic added to this wiki, please [[http://ticket.ipitomy.com/ open a ticket in our ticket system]]</span>

[[Contacting Support]]

<br/>Products

*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[IP PBX IMM|IPitomy PBXPlus Administration Guide]]</span>
**[http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/PBXPlus_Manual:_Music_File_Format Prompts and Music on Hold File Formats]
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[IP PBX Manual System Admin PBXSetup Feature Codes|Feature Codes]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[IP PBX Manual Branch Offices|Branch Office]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[:Category:Troubleshooting|Troubleshooting]]</span></span>
**[[IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes|<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Release Notes</span></span>]]
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[HD Phones]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[HD Phones#Phone Configuration|Phone Configuration]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[HD Phones#Upload Custom Ring Tones|Upload Custom Ring Tones]]</span>
**<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[HD Phones#Static IP vs DHCP|Static IP vs DHCP]]</span>
**[[HD Phone Firmware Release Notes|<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Release Notes</span>]]
*[[Yealink|<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Yealink Phones</span>]]
*[[Q Manager]]
*[[IPitomy Contact Dialer|IPitomy Contact Dialer]]
*[[IPitomy Monitored Router|IPitomy Monitored Router]]

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Useful Links and Information:</span>

*[[Tech Update Security]]
*[[SIP Provider]]
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[IPitomy PBX Tips|IPitomy PBX Tips]]</span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Multitech Fax Finder]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Outlook Dialer]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[QOS Setup Guide]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Router Info]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Router Bypass|Router Bypass]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Cisco SPA112 FXS Gateway]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Overhead Paging]]</span></span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[Chat Client for Android Phones]]</span>
*<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[[:Category:PBX Manual|List of Manual Pages]]</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">Other useful links (external) :</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[http://www.ipitomy.com/ IPitomy Communications Website]</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[http://www.ipitomy.com/pbx_files/ Support Site]</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[http://www.ipitomy.com/webrelease/ Documentation Index]</span></span></span>

<span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif"><span style="font-family:tahoma,geneva,sans-serif">[http://www.youtube.com/user/IPitomyVideos/ IPitomy Videos]</span></span></span>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2020-02-27T19:51:57Z

Drew Harrell:

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-12 (2-27-20)

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations
*6.0.5-12 (02/27/20)
**Fix for lunch hours not being recorded properly when editing some schedules.
**Fix for SMS text alerts

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2019-11-08T14:51:55Z

Drew Harrell: /* Minor Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-10

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/07/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2019-11-08T14:51:29Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5 */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-10

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/03/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2019-11-08T14:51:14Z

Drew Harrell: /* Minor Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-4

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
*6.05-10(11/03/19)
**This version is compatible with voicemail transcription. It does not provide new settings but will not break an existing enabled configuration. Also, it will only send one message instead of the original + the transcribed version.
**Support for Yealink Hotdesking Key
**Allow Yealink phones to be configured to different time zones. (Note this does not effect voicemail or schedule times).
**Allow use of transfer vs call park key type. (Call park key can stop recordings). This can be changed in Phone Global under setting "Yealink Park Button".
**Fix for playing voicemail files on web app
**Schedules now support 1 minute resolution
**Support for Yealink T53,T54,T57, and T52
**Fix for queue intro announcement not playing in some configurations

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2019-04-04T19:16:56Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5 */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-4

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 (2/5/19)
*6.0.5-5 (03/20/19)
**Changed None key type for Yealink phones to remove any existing programming for the selected key in the phone.
**Added Don't Override key type for Yealink phones to simply ignore that key, in order to allow custom programming on the phone to remain without being overwritten
*6.0.5-6 (04/02/19)
**Fixed issue with mobile web access unable to play messages.
**Error reporting fix to stop runaway error messages.
**Note do not install this update if you are actively using IPitomy VM Transcription service. Next update will be compatible with it but this one will remove the functionality.

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2019-02-05T15:11:12Z

Drew Harrell: /* Known Issues */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-4

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 ( 2/5/19)

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2019-02-05T15:11:02Z

Drew Harrell: /* Known Issues */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-4

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Pending

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 ( 2/5/19)

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2019-02-05T15:10:30Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5 */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-4

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General. Note that you must physically, manually default a Yealink phone in order to enable PnP functionality.
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Pending

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 ( 2/5/19)

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Pending

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2019-02-05T15:08:39Z

Drew Harrell: /* Software Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.5<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.5-4

<br/>Release Notes

*Added Support for Additional Yealink Phone Models
*Added support for Yealink PNP using Auto Provisioning button on PBXSetup-General
*Support for IPitomy SMS on alerts. If you have your username and password for IPitomy SMS service. You can enter it on PBXSetup->General. And then you can send SMS messages using new options added to the alerts menu.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Pending

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.5-4 ( 2/5/19)

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Pending

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2018-02-01T14:17:20Z

Drew Harrell:

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-41

<br/>Release Notes

*Updated core software
*Logging replaced fixing issues with call logs locking up.

=== Bug Fixes ===

Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

Pending

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

*6.0.1-1.41 ( 1/31/18)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2018-02-01T14:15:16Z

Drew Harrell: /* Minor Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =

== PBXPlus Software Update 6.0.1<br/> ==

Latest Update: 6.0.1-35

<br/>Release Notes
*Release notes pending

=== Bug Fixes ===
Pending

=== Known Issues<br/> ===
Pending

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===
Pending

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-8 01/31/2018

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3 (07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6 (11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.
*5.3.1-8 (01/31/18)
**Added Support for Puerto Rico time zone
**Yealink Integration Improvements
**Added T41 Model
**Fixed issue where Yealink keys were being reset when editing them
**Configure outbound proxy in yealink config
**DMTF key implemented
**Day/Night mode key implemented
**Implemented remote phonebook
**Properly set default timezone if not set
**Fix to Allow mass enable/disable of scheduled calls without changing times.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2017-11-14T16:21:28Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1 */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-6 11/14/2017

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3(07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.
*5.3.1-6(11/17/17) Fixes for additional problems with Yealink configuration.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2017-07-24T14:52:45Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1 */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-3 7/24/2017

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (06/26/17) Initial Release
*5.3.1-3(07/24/17) Fixed issues with Yealink configuration being lost after saving changes on extension settings page. Global Template for Yealink is now on PBXSetup->Phone Global.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2017-06-26T19:21:19Z

Drew Harrell:

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-1 6/26/2017

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has created a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0] (Windows 10 required)

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (01/26/17) Initial Release

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2017-06-26T19:20:42Z

Drew Harrell:

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-1 6/26/2017

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has create a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
***Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0]

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (01/26/17) Initial Release

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2017-06-26T19:20:11Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1 */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-1 6/26/2017

<br/>Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
**Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
**IPitomy has create a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this guide: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
****Configuration Utility: [https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0 https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0]

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.3.1-1 (01/26/17) Initial Release

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2017-06-26T19:19:28Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1 */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.3.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 6/26/2017

Latest Update: 5.3.1-1 6/26/2017

Release Notes

*Added support for Yealink Phones
** Note phones can be assigned with autodiscovery, but the PBX cannot currently configure the provisioning server (PBX IP) for the phones.
** IPitomy has create a new utility to assist with local and remove configuration of Yealink phones. Please see this [guide|https://www.dropbox.com/s/vejpyzfxnx9oqw2/Quick_Setup_Instructions.pdf?dl=0]
****Configuration Utility: https://www.dropbox.com/s/7qyjff8nvr4o1rd/QuickSetup.exe?dl=0

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.3.1-1 (01/26/17) Initial Release

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2017-05-08T15:36:15Z

Drew Harrell: /* Minor Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/17) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2017-05-08T15:36:03Z

Drew Harrell: /* Minor Updates */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.
*5.2.1-10 (5/8/16) Update to support Basic Yealink Provisioning and licensing.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2016-10-24T17:11:37Z

Drew Harrell: /* Known Issues */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.
*5.2.1-3 This warning only applies to users with systems actively using routing operations: do not save on current routing operations page if you are on 5.2.1-3 as it will delete the data in your expressions even if they are not displayed. The 5.2.1-4 update fixes the issue and should restore expression data as long as you have not saved the operation since the update. If you lost data due to this bug and have a previous backup containing the data, support can restore the data for you. (Note old backups are okay as long as the operation data is the same).

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2016-10-24T13:56:30Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1 */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-4 10/24/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
*5.2.1-3 (10/13/16) Initial Release
*5.2.1-4 (10/24/16) Update to fix issue with routing ops expressions not working properly.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>

IPitomy PBX Software Release Notes

2016-10-13T14:39:41Z

Drew Harrell: /* PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1 */

<div>
= Software Updates<br/> =
== PBXPlus Software Update 5.2.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 10/13/2016

Latest Update: 5.2.1-3 10/13/2016

Release Notes

*Added option to have on-demand recordings emailed to user
** This setting uses the extension's email address.
** If this is used by an agent, emails will be sent to address set in PBXSetup->General for agent recordings.
*IPitomy Room Management Application for managing guest rooms
*Class of Service changes
** Class of service has been updated to allow control of which can be dialed in a particular class of service
*Alert now displays at top of page when Day/Night Mode is enabled
*Added a new Option to copy day mode did routing to night or night to day.

=== Bug Fixes ===
*Properly display diagnostic messages that were improperly formatted previously.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5+ - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.5-5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 05/03/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.5-6 06/09/2016

*Added Routed VLAN configuration with DHCP to PBX. This allows the PBX to act as a router for a VLAN containing phones.
**Global VLAN configuration template values are imported into the new fields on PBXSetup->Phone Global. Existing VLAN configuration should be preserved.
**Note that if you enable the PBX VLAN, LAN phones will automatically be set to use it. Remote phones will not use the VLAN configuration automatically.
**Phone VLAN Configuration option "Use global template settings" has changed to "Auto". The Custom option remains unchanged and phones using this option should still use these settings.
***Option on phone global "Apply VLAN configuration to phones" effects phones set to "Auto"

=== <br/>Changes ===
*Various changes for call logging to improve handling of calls abandoned in voicemail or with many destinations.

=== Bug Fixes ===

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.
*5.1.5-5 - DNS may fail to resolve. To fix this, navigate to System->Vlan, do not make any changes, but save and apply. This will restore DNS to proper functionality. Also you can update to 5.1.5-6 and it should resolve this issue as well. Note a symptom of this issue can be choppy audio and all phones listed on monitoring with high ping times.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).
* 5.1.5-6 (6/9/2016)
** Update fixes critical issue with VLAN configuration that could break network access on IP2000/5000 systems.
** fix for issue where DNS is unavailable until saving on VLAN page (even if disabled).
* 5.1.5-7 (7/27/2016)
** Fix for issue, introduced in 5.1.5-6, where log watch and ban service could fail to start occasionally.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.4-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 02/29/2016

Latest Update: 5.1.4-1 02/29/2016

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments. http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IPPBX_Manual_Destinations_Extensions_Edit_Phone_Settings#SIP_.2F_Network_Settings
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Added streaming as source for MOH - http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_PBXSetup_Music_On_Hold#Set_Streaming_Source
*Added support for VLAN and Priority to be set per phone on the phone configuration pages. This allows remote phones to have VLAN disabled when needed as well as provides more flexibility in more complicated deployments.
*Added ability to zero out QManager queue statistical calculations, reducing load on systems that do not use these statistics.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with using music on hold for caller ringing of an extension
*Fixed issue with blank screen on software updates
*Fix for SPC users with permissions being unable to modify FollowMe.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*A MOH Stream that becomes unavailable can occasionally cause system to drop calls when apply changes is called. A fix for this issue is in testing and will be released shortly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.4-1- Initial Release (02/29/2016)
*5.1.4-2- MOH Class Creation fix (02/29/2016)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.3-7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 11/09/2015

Latest Update: 5.1.3-7 11/09/2015

::NOTE:: If your system is using a 2 or 4 port PRI card model TE236 (2-port card) or TE436 (4-port card), do not upgrade the PBX to this release as it has manual drivers loaded that will be lost, taking down the PRI.

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Users and Groups added under system menu. These users can be given different UI permissions for editing various portions of the system configuration. (http://wiki.ipitomy.com/wiki/IP_PBX_Manual_System_Networking#UI_Users_.26_Groups)
*setting "progress in band" added for SIP Providers.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed multi-cast TTL setting - value was not correctly being carried over into underlying configuration
*Fixed mult-cast port configuration - previous limit was a typo limit of 6535. Port can now be set to 65535 and under.
* NOTE: MOST RECENT MODEL IP1200 Systems. Any systems purchased in 2015. There is a driver update included that requires a reboot. After installing this update. Go to PBXSetup->Services and click "Reboot the PBX". If you do not reboot, then the driver update will be applied on the next system reboot. Note that symptoms being fixed by this update include network disconnects when used in conjunction with Software RAID or T-1 cards, so it is advised that you apply it and reboot if you have a recent model IP1200 using these features.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.3-7- Initial Release (11/09/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.2-1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 08/03/2015

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.2-1

=== <br/>Changes ===

*Wizard added (Add IPitomy) button under SIP Providers.  You can fill out basic information and the system will configure the settings for IPitomy SIP Trunks.
*Added setting in each Conference Room to suppress all announcements.

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue with storage of local call recordings.
*Fixed call scheduler.  Due to an old issue in the underlying software we rewrote our scheduling application to make it more accurate.  Times listed in schedules should be followed exactly (to the second) now.  In a future update we expect to see introduce a resolution of 1 minute on schedules.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.2-1- Initial Release (08/03/2015)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.1.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Inital Release: 12/29/2014

Latest Update: 1/27/15 - 5.1.1-5

=== <br/>Changes ===

*<div>Improve performance when generating Queue Reports.<br/></div>
**<div>Added Queue Summary page and made printable<br/></div>
*<div>Queue Graphs:<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to select multiple queues<br/></div>
**<div>Added Ability to print<br/></div>
**<div>Added: Added agent login durations (new column Agents tab)</div>
*<div>Stats for Inbound/Outbound/Internal calls are now tracked for Agents. Previously, they were only tracked for member</div>
*<div>Added Support for soft phone licensing</div>
*<div><div>Added ability to easily visualize changes in the global phone template configuation.   (Click Show Changes button at bottom of PBXSetup->Phone Global page).</div></div>
*<div>Added feature to support changing value of local sip port for a phone.  (under phone settings).</div>
*<div>A board support package has been addded to address issues with rebooting on more recent 1100+ systems running software RAID, (note 2000/5000 systems are unaffected).  Be sure to click check for updates a second time after you have finished installing this update, to check for required updates.</div>
*<div><div>Updated to support shared last call values for queues - setting is global and available on PBXSetup->General.  If you set this to yes, then wrapup time for agents/members will be applied across all queues.  This means that a queue with a long wrapup time could make an agent unavailable to other queues for an extended period of time</div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*Fixed issue where agent login/logout were being counted in agent call statistics.
*<div>Fixed issue with module load order that could cause instability on system updates during reboots.</div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.1.1-0 - Initial Release (12/29/14)
*5.1.1-5 - (1/27/15)<br/>Fix for Mass edit several options in Call Control were not properly supported<br/>Fix for deleting members of Alerts<br/>Fix for error accessing reports using reports user<br/>Fix for Hosted systems DNS updates
*5.1.1.-7 - (3/2/15) <br/> Directed Parking is now supported. Option to enable disable on PBXSetup->General. Note you need phone firmware package 1.8.89 or greater to support the directed parking features.
*5.1.1-8 - (3/20/15) Fixed issue with directed pickup and 3 digit extensions not working. This was introduced in 5.1.1-7.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.9<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 9/29/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Queue Reports can be generated for multiple queues at once and can also be printed.
*New Ring no answer statistic for round robin queues
*<div>Updated NAT settings (PBXSetup->SIP).  You now choose if you want to use external IP or external host. (more to come - manual updates).</div>
**<div>You now must choose, your NAT method, External IP, External Hostname, or None.  The setting value is inferred from the values of the settings that you have configured.</div>
**<div>If you had previously set external host and external ip, external host will take precedence.  You will need to specify external ip on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>Phones will follow auto settings for time server and PBX IP address.  When changing from WAN to LAN phone configuration will automatically be changed.</div>
**<div>Cloud system users have the option to obtain their host name if it is configured on PBXSetup->SIP.</div>
**<div>There is now a check box that automatically includes your SIP Local Net in your local net settings. </div>
**<div>Old settings to specifically use WAN, LAN or custom are still present in phone settings, but setting this to Auto will make any changes of WAN to LAN a lot easier for most users.</div>
**<div>New phones will automatically be created using the Auto settings.</div>
**<div>There is a mechanism now to obtain your public IP from the PBXSetup->SIP page as well.</div>
*<div>Changes to recordings.</div>
**<div>Files are archived in 1GB files.  Each file includes a html index file that provides information about the file and allows for easier browsing of recorded files.</div>
**<div>Browsing Recordings is done within an archive.</div>
**<div>Option to include timestamp in recording file name.</div>
**<div>Updates to documentation on new interface coming soon.</div>
*<div>Bind address has been removed from PBXSetup->SIP as there was no functional purpose<br/></div>
*<div>Added Button to send SIP Notify to an HD Phone.  If their configuration has been updated, this can cause a remote phone to reload it's configuration,  (not supported on all models).</div><div><br/></div>
*<div>You can now set a system name that will display at the top and on title bar of all web pages.  The new setting is called "System Name" and is located on PBXSetup->General<br/></div>
*<div>Board Support Packages added - to better support specific hardware models we have implemented a system that will install board specicic options for a particular type of hardware.<br/></div>
**<div>After update, click check for updates again.  If Install Packages is still available.  Click this option again.  If there is an indication that a reboot is needed in the details after the second update, then please reboot system on PBXSetup->Services page (option Reboot PBX).</div>
<div>
*Usability improvements for cloud systems
**Phones default to WAN
**Restart Services, Reboot, etc.. no longer hanging systems.
**Time server values updated.
**Networking page updated to reflect cloud status.
**Obtain Hostname from PBXSetup->SIP page.
</div><div><div><br/></div>
==== IPitomy Cloud System Users ====
<div><div>Cloud systems using DNS names already will be updated during the first week of October.<br/></div><div><br/></div><div>'''Other systems will be updated as soon as we ensure that they have a DNS name and the users are configured to use it.'''</div><div><br/></div><div><div>Note that all cloud systems will be required to use a DNS name for registration.  If you have a cloud system and your clients are not connecting with DNS name that we have provided, you can contact support and we can set one up for you, or if you do not contact us, you should hear from us shortly with a new assigned name.  It is important that we have a DNS name in place before we update your cloud systems.</div><div><br/></div></div><div>Following the update, users should find their software updates, and networking pages updated to reflect a cloud configuration. </div><div><br/></div><div><br/></div></div></div>

=== Bug Fixes ===

*In an effort to keep on top of all vulnerability issues, this version of PBX software has the most recent fix for the Shellshock Linux Bash bug. Keep an eye out for future updates if more problems are found.
*<div>Fixed several display issue with call logs in SPC, including ring group calls not being included.</div>
*<div>Fixes for various inaccuracies in queue log statistics, including agent login / logout being counted as calls.<br/></div>
*<div>Queue graphs now count only the time interval that a call starts in.<br/></div>
*<div>Fix for dialer not being able to dial more than 10 digits.</div>
*Fix for database crash caused by deleting an outbound route used by a recording job.
*<div>Fixed outstanding issue with upgrades.  During upgrades, web access from apps such as QManager and Call Manager, as well as regular web access to the PBX interface were causing concurrency issues with the software being accessed while an update was in process.  We have disabled the web server during the update process, so you may notice that the progress bar during the update is slower.</div><div><br/></div>

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Progress bar during updates moves more slowly.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.9-1 - Initial Release (09/29/14)
*5.0.9-2 - Update to fix IVR not routing "#" destination properly (9/30/14)
*5.0.9-3 - Updated module load order - removes WARNING / ERROR messages that could cause a deadlock on slower systems when outside processes reconnected during startup.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.7<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 4/23/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Applications to routing drop downs on Routing OPs to allow chaining of Routing Operations.
*Added support for SIP Provider outbound proxy port.
*Updated name of Queue Monitoring page:  It is now called Queue Status.  This avoids confusion with different resolutions and Monitoring page.
*Added option to disable a SIP Provider.  Note DIDs are not disabled, but credentials, registration and any acount to/from the provider is not configured.
*Support for New Digium T130 T1 Cards.
*System Check for Bad Voicemail PINS (Pin same as extension number).  Warning will display at top of page.  You can enable an option in PBXSetup->Voicemail now that forces people to create their name and greeting and change their PIN.  This option applies if the PIN is equal to the mailbox number.
*API Changes to support IPitomy Dialer (look for release in near future)

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*SPC CDR's now include ring group calls.
*Fix for putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.
*Fixed issue with Chat server not correctly initializing occasionally.
*Fix for issue where DP_DIGITS were not being sent in all cases
*Whitespace is trimmed from beginning and ending of all SIP provider settings to prevent unfriendly configuration mistakes.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*OSLEC echo canceller was not working on initial release.  Go to software updates, check for new updates and then install them to receive an updated driver.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.7-1 - Initial Release (04/23/14)
*5.0.7-2 - (5/5/14)
**Fixed issue with purging of FTP recordings after FTP transfer is performed
**Added support for Digium A8A (8 port analog ) cards.
**Fix for SPC logs not being sorted and pagination failing.
**Fixed issue with WebManager not working
**Changed max ring time for an extension to 180.
*5.0.7-3 - (6/26/14)
**Fixed issue with validation on Call Group and Pickup Group on Extensions.  Note you can now set a blank value to disable the feature for a particular phone.
**RTP Ports for PBX can now be configured under PBXSetup->SIP Advanced.  Note these are the ports that the PBX uses to initiate RTP connections, not the phones.  It has no bearing on the phones, but allows you to change a range if you have a conflict or limitations on a router.
**Fixed support of new Digium analog card.  Should resolve issues with outbound calls not working at all in some configurations.
**Allow more  memory for Web Applications.  This change should allow systems with large configurations to work more effectively.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.5<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 1/21/14

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*Added Global FTP Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Database Backup’s Page

*Added Global Email Settings Page<br/>Settings have been moved from Voicemail Page.

*Added Settings for Scheduled FTP backups of recording jobs

*Updated NTP Server config to prevent query-based denial of service attacks.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Extensions:  You can now enter multiple call and pickup groups again.
*Database Backups:  Autobackup monthly now execute on the first Sunday of every month rather than the 1st and Every Sunday

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.
*Putting a '.' an Extension name will cause voicemail to email to fail for the corresponding extension.

=== Minor Updates<br/> ===

Minor Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. For Example(5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below).

*5.0.5-1- Initial Release (01/21/14)
*5.0.5-2- (01/29/14) Fix for PASV mode on FTP Servers. Fix for Reinitialize button on Chat Server Config.

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.3<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 12/17/13 Last Minor Update: 12/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*IPitomy Application Programming Interface released.  This facility provides integration with 3rd party applications.  Initially supports integration with DuVoice Messaging System.  Documentation on API is available [[File:DuVoice Integration Notes.pdf|here]].

=== Bug Fixes ===

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". This update will automatically disable this feature on all configured phones. If you wish to have the feature enabled, please navigate to the specific extension and Enable the feature then press Save and Configure to re-enable the setting.
*Fixed issue with Ring Groups being unable to record incoming calls (ACD Queues not affected).
*Fix for issues where Ring Groups / Queues were unable to transfer to Voicemail using DTMF Codes, (Phone-based SIP transfer worked).
*Fixed issue with HTTP Configuration file updates.  After update phones should be able to pull their configuration properly.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.3-2 - Initial Release (12/17/13)

== PBXPlus Software Update 5.0.1<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Release: 08/21/13 Last Minor Update: 12/3/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

Software updates are now performed using the PBX web interface. There are no more files to manually download and then upload. Note this means that if you do not have a valid internet connection, DNS, and unfiltered HTTPS web access from the PBX, you should not install this update. In order to install any future updates the PBX's installed location must meet the basic access standards listed above.

When you wish to check for new software updates, you can now:

*go to PBX Setup->Software Updates and click: Check for Updates. If there are updates available a new button will become available after checking, "Install Updates".
*Click Install Updates

Note that each button produces a show details button that provides debugging as well as other useful logs of what is occurring during the update process.

'''You should not reboot or unplug the PBX during updates. After the update process it's a good idea to reboot the PBX. You can reboot from PBXSetup->Services click button "Reboot the PBX".'''

<br/>The update from 4.X.X to 5 requires using the old software upgrade process in order to install version 5.

Specific changes to to the upgrade process:

*Unfiltered HTTPS Web access is required from PBX to internet
*DNS must be valid
*Reboot is no longer automatic after an upgrade.  (A reboot does a filesystem check which is always a good idea).
*Database upgrades are automatic.
**While it is always a good idea to backup and download the database before you perform an upgrade, the PBX should automatically perform the upgrade.  You will no longer be kicked back to the login screen and asked if you wish to upgrade the database when logging in.  In the event that a database upgrade does fail, there will be a message in the upgrade log, and a system alert will display showing the DB VERSION is invalid.  Click this alert message to attempt to perform the upgrade, (this should give you an error you can provide to support if there is any issue).
*Apply changes is automatic.  Any errors should be in the log or can be seen by pressing apply changes again.  You no longer have to press Apply Changes after performing an upgrade.
*Phone Firmware updates are a part of this process and will be updated automatically when new PBX firmware is available.

==== Remote Agents<br/> ====

Agents can be used to log a PSTN number into a queue.  The PSTN number requires 1 to be pressed when receiving the call.  Login is provided by new service listed in Destination Drop downs called Remote Agent Login.  You can put this option on a menu and an agent can use it to log in.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Routing Operations<br/> ====

This feature provides the long awaited route by caller id functionality as well as a much more robust interface capable of routing calls by data manually input by the caller.  This allows for a number of useful applications to be created.  Please check wiki in coming days for updated documentation on this and other features in this release.

==== Help Links<br/> ====

Help links have been added to each page which link to the relevant wiki entry.

==== Fax Extensions<br/> ====

Extension can be designated as a FAX extension.  Note a fax extension disables any sort of calling features based on DTMF.  So transfers, parks, etc are not available on an extension designated as a fax extension.  Fax extensions will also disable outbound transfer numbers, etc.. when dialing outbound.  This is also useful on alarm systems.  What this does technically is it prevents the PBX from listening for DTMF.  Many of the tones generated by alarm systems or fax machines can fall in the DTMF tone range and therefore disabling detection can avoid any potential transmission errors.

==== Other Changes<br/> ====

*Look and feel for web interface updated.  If you have cached pages in browser try pressing ctrl-F5 (windows) or (cmd-r on mac) to reload the web pages.
*Host field on extension is now editable (can be dynamic, hostname, or ip address).  SIP Password can only be blank if host is not dynamic.
*Call Waiting option for V2 HD phones available in interface ( auto reject 2nd call )
*Call Recording now has option to allow recordings to continue through an attended transfer.
*Transfer BLF option now available for V2 HD Phones.
*Extensions can now be set to play ringing instead of Music on Hold.  Note there is a limitation due to SIP protocol and attended transfers that amounts to:  do not use Music On Hold instead or ringing with attended transfers or the transferring party will hear silence.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fix for playback of outbound calls from CDR Report.
*Email Voicemail as Mp3 file sound quality improved considerably - changed filtering.
*Fixed issue with creating extensions, valid MAC address patterns are accepted now.
*Fixed name validation on voicemail box page.
*Fixed display of logs when ring group was deleted
*Diagnostics log size will be trimmed more frequently
*cdr-report.php fix error in accessing with no parameters set.
*Fixed issue where you could create invalid extensions in 707-720 extension number range.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*Phone Firmware Updates interface is obsolete and refers to an older package than is available through PBXSetup->Software updates.  We are transitioning away from this interface.  It will not break anything to click it but it may not indicate the latest package currently available.  We are going to work towards providing configuration for automatic updates that includes support for which components should be updated automatically.  In order to get the latest package you can always use PBXSetup->Software Updates to check for and install the latest updates.

*We added a new field "Auto-reject Second Caller" to the Phone Settings page under the Display Settings/Call Control tab. Unfortunately we set the default to "Enabled". If you plan to Save on this Phone Settings page, be sure to change this to Disabled, otherwise it will change the functionality the user has become accustomed to. We will change this to be default at Disabled in the next release. Sorry for any inconvenience.

*Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes). However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

=== Version Updates<br/> ===

Version Updates will be issued on a release number as a -X number where X represents the revision of the release. After a release there may be fixes to issues that are found as software is released. 5.0.1 Was released on version 75. For each version update we will make a note of the changes below.

*5.0.1-75 - Initial Release (10/21/13)
*5.0.1-76 - Fix for unable to create new recording job (10/21/13).
*5.0.1-80 - Issue with global phone templates not working (fixed root cause of last 2 issues) (10/22/13). Also Fixes issue where NetConsole was not working on new installs.
*5.0.1-83 - (12/3/13) IP290 Support Added. New statistics on Reporting->QGraphs Added. Fixed issue with cross login of agents on 2 extensions where wrong agent could be logged out.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.6<br/> ==

For 4.2.x+<br/>Date: 06/17/13

=== <br/>Changes<br/> ===

*'''Added Alerts''' [[Alerts]]<br/>A Routable Destination that requires licensing for use.  You can route to an alert like any other destination.  You can also flag an outbound route to trigger an alert.  Routing to an alert can perform any of 3 actions: 
*#Send Text Message to anyone in list entered (local Q Manager PBX chat only). 
*#Send Email Message - message delivery is retried if it fails on first attempt. 
*#Trigger Scheduled Call.

*'''Added Recording Application  ''' [[Call Recording]]<br/>Recording Application allows creation of recording applications which can currently record calls on queues or outbound routes. In the near future this list will be updated to include other destinations, and possibly providers as well.  <br/><br/>Each job controls how many recordings will be kept each day, as well as how long recordings for that job are kept.  <br/><br/>Recordings are licensed per simultaneous recording job.  Note if you start a call and are already at MAX recordings it will not record the call, and it will not start recording the call if one of the other recordings finishes.  A recording must have an available license to record at the start of the call.

*'''Added Notification Area  ''' [[Notification Area]]<br/>Several alerts will display at the top of the Admin web pages when you are logged in.   The current alerts are: 1) Default Password 2) SIP Local Net 3) Apply Changes<br/><br/>  The warnings are reminders they do not have any effect on the system operation.   Currently the Apply Changes alert will trigger more often than necessary, as it triggers when people change their forwarding settings, (which does not require apply changes).  However, in the interest of caution, we would rather it warn people that they have not applied than not.

*'''Validation improved on some input fields'''

*'''Added Web Manager'''<br/> This is a web based version of a BLF console.  Compatible with latest Browsers (IE 10, Chrome, Firefox, and Safari). <br/><br/>Use requires a Q/Call Manager license. <br/><br/>To Use navigate to <code>[http:// http://]<pbx ip address>/ippbx/WebManager</code> 
*'''Updated look feel for reports log in''', (looks like admin interface now).

*'''Warning is now displayed on the Phone Global Page when the default template has been modified.  - Note after saving you need to refresh page to see this update.'''

*'''Updated Display Names for destinations in Drop Downs''' - should be more informative when creating groups on large systems as extension number and name are available in the drop down.
*'''Added navigation links to Extension, phone config, and schedule pages.'''
*'''Updated HD Phone firmware so new installs receive 1.8-52 firmware package.'''

=== <br/>Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Fixed issue where agent recordings could be lost on an upgrade
*Fixed issue with attempting to set prompt 0 (default prompt) in remote menu admin.
*Fixed issue with password for exportCSV not working
*Changed PBX software to send Extra SIP BYE in order to prevent a rarely occurring race condition that could cause a phantom call when 2 phones were answered simultaneously.
*Updated interface security to fix a number of issues we found during internal auditing.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

*If you enable Call Recording on Outbound Routes through the new Application, be sure there is only one Trunk under that route, otherwise problems may arise. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.
*The new Alerts feature will not trigger if the call is sent through a Subroute off of a main Outbound Dialing Route. A fix will be out as soon as we can to resolve this.

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.4<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.4<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 03/12/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Added Validation to Retry Timer for Ring Groups
*Updated Ring Group Tooltips
*Fixed issue with setting volume to 0 on HD Phone Key Settings Page
*Fixed Permissions issue with restoring voicemail archives that occasionally resulted in inability of the software to count and display the voicemail messages properly on PBXSetup->Voicemail.
*Fixed issue with assiging Queue/Call Manager users where only first X extensions could be assigned if you had X licenses.

=== Known Issues<br/> ===

== PBXPlus Software Update 4.8.2<br/> ==
<div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_1" data-canvas-width="125.89919999999998">For 4.2.x+<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="215.47359999999998">System Software Version 4.8.2<br/></div><div dir="ltr" data-font-name="g_font_p0_3" data-canvas-width="104.58880000000002">Date: 02/25/13<br/></div>
=== Changes<br/> ===

*Disabled DND button in default template for HD Phones, need to reset template and rechange any parameters if you have customized global template for this to take effect. (If the user MUST have the DND key, you can modify the field in the template: 0 = Off, 1 = On)
*Added default screen pop urls for QManager.  This list can be edited and then imported on individual QManager clients.  Link under PBXSetup->Screen Pop URLs.
*Security ACL added for exportCSV.
*Branch offices being used as trunks now have some provider settings when enabled.
*PBX default DTMF Mode is now RFC2833
*Ring groups can now control the Agent Retry Parameter (how long ring group waits until it tries to resend a call to a phone).
*Ring group default value for autofill is now 'no' because this is recommended with default ring strategy.
*Default value for agent retry parameter in ring groups is now 2.
*Performance improvements when using many QManager clients on a busy system.
*PRIs now generate ringing during pre-answer period.
*Phone based auto-provisioning should be faster.
*Added lock to prevent multiple users from applying changes simultaneously.
*QManager Seats now come from one big pool, ACD, Agent, Manager, User are all are interchangibly assigned from the pool.

=== Bug Fixes<br/> ===

*Values for volume and ringer now support full ranges available on hd phones
*Fixed longstanding bug in outbound routing where you could not name a route with a number.
*Method of creating extensions with invalid extension numbers has been removed
*Prevent creation of voicemail boxes with invalid numbers
*Fix for issue with downloading database files using certain versions of IE.
*Changes to fix mp3 streaming on IPhone through web app.
*Fix for blank passwords on ftp backups. (anonymous logins now working).
*Fix for issue where calls sent to Congestion were not being reported as completed.
*Fix for CDR reporting VM NOT LEFT occasionally when VM is actually left.

=== Known issues<br/> ===

*On Phone Key and Settings page there is a display issue with setting ringer volume to 0.  When you set the volume to 0 it will allow you to save it and send the value to the phone.  However if you reload the page the ringer value will be set back to the default value.  In order to keep the volume at 0 you will have to reset this to 0 each time you edit the page.  Only editng the page after setting the value to 0 causes this issue.  This issue has been fixed and the fix will be available in the next software release.

= Previous Release notes<br/> =

All previous release notes can be obtained from [[File:1100+ combined release notes.pdf]]

= Performing Software Upgrades<br/> =

Information can be found in this guide: [[File:IP1100+ Upgrade Guide.pdf]]
</div>